77061dfcc83ab42209119a41e6321a655286c759
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.29.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
447 *
448 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
449 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
450 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
451 *
452 * For most core repos:
453 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
454 * container : backend container name the zone is in
455 * directory : root path within container for the zone
456 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
457 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
458 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
459 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
460 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
461 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
462 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
463 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
464 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
465 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
466 * handler instead.
467 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
468 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
469 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
470 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
471 * - pathDisclosureProtection
472 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
473 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
474 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
475 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
476 * is 0644.
477 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
478 * some remote repos.
479 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
480 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
481 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
482 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
483 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
484 *
485 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
486 * for local repositories:
487 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
488 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
489 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
490 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
491 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
492 *
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @since 1.22
760 */
761 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
762
763 /**
764 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
765 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
766 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
767 * for non-specified types.
768 *
769 * @par Example:
770 * @code
771 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
772 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
773 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
774 * ];
775 * @endcode
776 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
777 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
778 */
779 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
780
781 /**
782 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
783 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
784 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
785 * @since 1.26
786 */
787 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
788
789 /**
790 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
791 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
792 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
793 *
794 * @par Example:
795 * @code
796 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
797 * @endcode
798 */
799 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
800
801 /**
802 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
803 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
804 * appended to it as appropriate.
805 */
806 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
807
808 /**
809 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
810 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
811 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
812 * access to the thumbnail path.
813 *
814 * @par Example:
815 * @code
816 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
817 * @endcode
818 */
819 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
820
821 /**
822 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
823 */
824 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
825
826 /**
827 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
828 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
829 *
830 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
831 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
832 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
833 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
834 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
835 *
836 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
837 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
838 */
839 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
840
841 /**
842 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
843 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
844 * directory layout.
845 */
846 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
847
848 /**
849 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
850 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
851 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
852 * image description page on this wiki.
853 *
854 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
855 */
856 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
857
858 /**
859 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
860 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
861 *
862 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
863 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
864 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
865 */
866 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
867
868 /**
869 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
870 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
871 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
872 */
873 $wgFileBlacklist = [
874 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
875 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
876 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
877 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
878 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
879 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
880 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
881 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
882
883 /**
884 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
885 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
886 */
887 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
888 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
889 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
890 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
891 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
892 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
893 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
894 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
895 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
896 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
897 'application/x-msmetafile',
898 ];
899
900 /**
901 * Allow Java archive uploads.
902 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
903 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
904 */
905 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
906
907 /**
908 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
909 *
910 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
911 */
912 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
913
914 /**
915 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
916 * by $wgFileExtensions.
917 *
918 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
919 */
920 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
921
922 /**
923 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
924 *
925 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
926 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
927 */
928 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
929
930 /**
931 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
932 */
933 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
934
935 /**
936 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
937 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
938 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
939 *
940 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
941 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
942 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
943 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
944 */
945 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
946 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
947 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
948 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
949 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
950 "application/pdf", // PDF files
951 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
952 ];
953
954 /**
955 * Plugins for media file type handling.
956 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
957 *
958 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
959 * and extensions should use extension.json.
960 */
961 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
962
963 /**
964 * Plugins for page content model handling.
965 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
966 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
967 *
968 * @since 1.21
969 */
970 $wgContentHandlers = [
971 // the usual case
972 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
973 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
974 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
975 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
976 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
977 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
978 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
979 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
980 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
981 ];
982
983 /**
984 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
985 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
986 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
987 */
988 $wgUseImageResize = true;
989
990 /**
991 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
992 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
993 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
994 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
995 *
996 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
997 */
998 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
999
1000 /**
1001 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1002 */
1003 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1004
1005 /**
1006 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1007 * @since 1.27
1008 */
1009 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1010
1011 /**
1012 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1013 */
1014 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1015
1016 /**
1017 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1018 */
1019 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1020
1021 /**
1022 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1023 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1024 */
1025 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1026
1027 /**
1028 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1029 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1030 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1031 *
1032 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1033 * @code
1034 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1035 * @endcode
1036 *
1037 * Leave as false to skip this.
1038 */
1039 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1040
1041 /**
1042 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1043 *
1044 * @since 1.21
1045 */
1046 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1047
1048 /**
1049 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1050 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1051 * at sharp edges.
1052 *
1053 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1054 *
1055 * Supported values:
1056 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1057 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1058 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1059 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1060 *
1061 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1062 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1063 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1064 *
1065 * @since 1.27
1066 */
1067 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1068
1069 /**
1070 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1071 * image formats.
1072 */
1073 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1074
1075 /**
1076 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1077 *
1078 * @since 1.26
1079 */
1080 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1081
1082 /**
1083 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1084 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1085 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1086 *
1087 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1088 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1089 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1090 */
1091 $wgSVGConverters = [
1092 'ImageMagick' =>
1093 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1094 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1096 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1097 . '$output $input',
1098 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1099 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1100 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1101 ];
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1105 */
1106 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1107
1108 /**
1109 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1110 */
1111 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1112
1113 /**
1114 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1115 */
1116 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1117
1118 /**
1119 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1120 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1121 */
1122 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1123
1124 /**
1125 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1126 *
1127 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1128 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1129 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1130 *
1131 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1132 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1133 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1134 */
1135 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1136
1137 /**
1138 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1139 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1140 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1141 *
1142 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1143 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1144 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1145 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1146 *
1147 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1148 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1149 */
1150 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1154 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1155 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1156 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1157 */
1158 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1162 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1163 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1164 *
1165 * @par Example:
1166 * @code
1167 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1168 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1169 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1170 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1171 * @endcode
1172 */
1173 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1174
1175 /**
1176 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1177 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1178 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1179 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1180 */
1181 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1182
1183 /**
1184 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1185 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1186 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1187 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1188 */
1189 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1190
1191 /**
1192 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1193 * output instead of showing an error message.
1194 *
1195 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1196 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1197 *
1198 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1199 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1200 * are logged to a file for review.
1201 */
1202 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1206 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1207 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1208 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1209 * webserver(s).
1210 */
1211 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1212
1213 /**
1214 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1215 */
1216 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1217
1218 /**
1219 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1220 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1221 * is available that can rotate.
1222 */
1223 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1224
1225 /**
1226 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1227 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1228 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1229 */
1230 $wgAntivirus = null;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1234 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1235 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1236 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1237 *
1238 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1239 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1240 *
1241 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1242 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1243 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1244 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1245 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1246 * path.
1247 *
1248 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1249 * function in SpecialUpload.
1250 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1251 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1252 * is not set.
1253 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1254 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1255 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1256 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1257 * no virus was found.
1258 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1259 * a virus.
1260 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1261 *
1262 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1263 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1264 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1265 */
1266 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1267
1268 # setup for clamav
1269 'clamav' => [
1270 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1271 'codemap' => [
1272 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1273 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1274 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1275 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1276 ],
1277 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1278 ],
1279 ];
1280
1281 /**
1282 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1283 */
1284 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1285
1286 /**
1287 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1288 */
1289 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1290
1291 /**
1292 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1293 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1294 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1295 */
1296 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1297
1298 /**
1299 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1300 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1301 */
1302 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1306 * the MIME type to standard output.
1307 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1308 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1309 *
1310 * @par Example:
1311 * @code
1312 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1313 * @endcode
1314 */
1315 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1319 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1320 * can be trusted.
1321 */
1322 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1323
1324 /**
1325 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1326 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1327 */
1328 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1329 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1331 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1332 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1334 ];
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1338 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1339 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1340 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1341 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1342 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1343 */
1344 $wgImageLimits = [
1345 [ 320, 240 ],
1346 [ 640, 480 ],
1347 [ 800, 600 ],
1348 [ 1024, 768 ],
1349 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1350 ];
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1354 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1355 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1356 */
1357 $wgThumbLimits = [
1358 120,
1359 150,
1360 180,
1361 200,
1362 250,
1363 300
1364 ];
1365
1366 /**
1367 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1368 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1369 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1370 *
1371 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1372 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1373 * supports it.
1374 */
1375 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1376
1377 /**
1378 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1379 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1380 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1381 * following buckets:
1382 *
1383 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1384 *
1385 * and a distance of 50:
1386 *
1387 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1388 *
1389 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1390 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1391 */
1392 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1396 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1397 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1398 *
1399 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1400 *
1401 * @since 1.25
1402 */
1403
1404 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1405
1406 /**
1407 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1408 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1409 *
1410 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1411 * thumbnail's URL.
1412 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1413 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1414 *
1415 * @since 1.25
1416 */
1417 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1418
1419 /**
1420 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1421 *
1422 * @since 1.25
1423 */
1424 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1425
1426 /**
1427 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1428 * HTTP request to.
1429 *
1430 * @since 1.25
1431 */
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1433
1434 /**
1435 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1436 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1437 *
1438 * @since 1.26
1439 */
1440 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1441
1442 /**
1443 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1444 */
1445 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1446 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1447 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1448 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1449 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1450 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1451 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1452 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1453 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1454 'mode' => 'traditional',
1455 ];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1459 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1460 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1461 */
1462 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1466 */
1467 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1468
1469 /**
1470 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1471 *
1472 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1473 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1474 *
1475 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1476 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1477 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1478 */
1479 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1480
1481 /**
1482 * @name DJVU settings
1483 * @{
1484 */
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Path of the djvudump executable
1488 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1489 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1490 */
1491 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1495 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1496 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1497 */
1498 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1502 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1503 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1504 */
1505 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1506
1507 /**
1508 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1509 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1510 *
1511 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1512 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1513 * the efficiency problem.
1514 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1515 *
1516 * @par Example:
1517 * @code
1518 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1519 * @endcode
1520 */
1521 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1522
1523 /**
1524 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1525 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1526 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1529
1530 /**
1531 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1532 */
1533 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1534
1535 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1536
1537 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1538
1539 /************************************************************************//**
1540 * @name Email settings
1541 * @{
1542 */
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Site admin email address.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1555 *
1556 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1557 */
1558 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1562 *
1563 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1564 */
1565 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1569 *
1570 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1571 */
1572 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1576 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1577 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1578 */
1579 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1583 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1584 */
1585 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1589 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1590 *
1591 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1592 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1593 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1594 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1595 */
1596 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1600 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1601 */
1602 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1606 */
1607 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1608
1609 /**
1610 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1611 */
1612 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1616 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1617 */
1618 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1619
1620 /**
1621 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1622 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1623 */
1624 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1625
1626 /**
1627 * SMTP Mode.
1628 *
1629 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1630 * Default to false or fill an array :
1631 *
1632 * @code
1633 * $wgSMTP = [
1634 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1635 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1636 * 'port' => '25',
1637 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1638 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1639 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1640 * ];
1641 * @endcode
1642 */
1643 $wgSMTP = false;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1647 */
1648 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1652 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1653 */
1654 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1655
1656 /**
1657 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1658 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1659 */
1660 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1661
1662 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1663 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1664 # enable or disable at their discretion
1665 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1666 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1667
1668 /**
1669 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1670 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1671 * spam relay.
1672 */
1673 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1674
1675 /**
1676 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1682 * user talk page.
1683 *
1684 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1685 * preference set to true.
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1691 * allowed this in the preferences.
1692 */
1693 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1694
1695 /**
1696 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1697 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1698 *
1699 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1700 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1701 *
1702 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1703 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1704 *
1705 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1706 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1707 */
1708 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1709
1710 /**
1711 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1712 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1713 *
1714 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1715 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1716 */
1717 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1721 * match the limit on your mail server.
1722 */
1723 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1724
1725 /**
1726 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1727 */
1728 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1729
1730 /**
1731 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1732 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1733 */
1734 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1735
1736 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1737
1738 /************************************************************************//**
1739 * @name Database settings
1740 * @{
1741 */
1742
1743 /**
1744 * Database host name or IP address
1745 */
1746 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1747
1748 /**
1749 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1750 */
1751 $wgDBport = 5432;
1752
1753 /**
1754 * Name of the database
1755 */
1756 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Database username
1760 */
1761 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1762
1763 /**
1764 * Database user's password
1765 */
1766 $wgDBpassword = '';
1767
1768 /**
1769 * Database type
1770 */
1771 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1775 *
1776 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1777 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1778 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1779 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1780 */
1781 $wgDBssl = false;
1782
1783 /**
1784 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1785 *
1786 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1787 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1788 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1789 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1790 */
1791 $wgDBcompress = false;
1792
1793 /**
1794 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1795 */
1796 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1800 */
1801 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1802
1803 /**
1804 * Search type.
1805 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1806 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1807 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1808 */
1809 $wgSearchType = null;
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Alternative search types
1813 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1814 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1815 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1816 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1817 */
1818 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1819
1820 /**
1821 * Table name prefix
1822 */
1823 $wgDBprefix = '';
1824
1825 /**
1826 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1827 */
1828 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1829
1830 /**
1831 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1832 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1833 * DBA has done his best job.
1834 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1835 */
1836 $wgSQLMode = '';
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Mediawiki schema
1840 */
1841 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1842
1843 /**
1844 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1845 */
1846 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1847
1848 /**
1849 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1850 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1851 * main database.
1852 *
1853 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1854 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1855 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1856 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1857 *
1858 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1859 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1860 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1861 *
1862 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1863 * $wgDBprefix.
1864 *
1865 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1866 * $wgDBmwschema.
1867 *
1868 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1869 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1870 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1871 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1872 */
1873 $wgSharedDB = null;
1874
1875 /**
1876 * @see $wgSharedDB
1877 */
1878 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1879
1880 /**
1881 * @see $wgSharedDB
1882 */
1883 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1884
1885 /**
1886 * @see $wgSharedDB
1887 * @since 1.23
1888 */
1889 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1890
1891 /**
1892 * Database load balancer
1893 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1894 * Fields are:
1895 * - host: Host name
1896 * - dbname: Default database name
1897 * - user: DB user
1898 * - password: DB password
1899 * - type: DB type
1900 *
1901 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1902 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1903 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1904 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1905 *
1906 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1907 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1908 *
1909 * - flags: bit field
1910 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1911 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1912 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1913 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1914 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1915 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1916 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1917 * if available
1918 *
1919 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1920 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1921 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1922 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1923 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1924 *
1925 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1926 * variable of the Database object.
1927 *
1928 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1929 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1930 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1931 *
1932 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1933 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1934 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1935 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1936 *
1937 * @code
1938 * SET @@read_only=1;
1939 * @endcode
1940 *
1941 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1942 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1943 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1944 */
1945 $wgDBservers = false;
1946
1947 /**
1948 * Load balancer factory configuration
1949 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1950 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1951 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1952 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1953 *
1954 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1955 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1956 */
1957 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1958
1959 /**
1960 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1961 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1962 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1963 * @since 1.27
1964 */
1965 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1966
1967 /**
1968 * File to log database errors to
1969 */
1970 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1971
1972 /**
1973 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1974 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1975 *
1976 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1977 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1978 *
1979 * @par Examples:
1980 * @code
1981 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1982 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1983 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1984 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1985 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1986 * @endcode
1987 *
1988 * @since 1.20
1989 */
1990 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1991
1992 /**
1993 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1994 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1995 *
1996 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1997 *
1998 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1999 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2000 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2001 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2002 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2003 *
2004 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2005 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2006 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2007 */
2008 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2009
2010 /**
2011 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2012 *
2013 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2014 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2015 * block).
2016 *
2017 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2018 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2019 * connections.
2020 *
2021 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2022 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2023 * pooled.
2024 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2025 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2026 *
2027 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2028 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2029 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2030 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2031 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2032 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2033 *
2034 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2035 */
2036 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2037
2038 /**
2039 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2040 * account.
2041 * Array numeric key => database name
2042 */
2043 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2044
2045 /**
2046 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2047 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2048 * show a more obvious warning.
2049 */
2050 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2051
2052 /**
2053 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2054 */
2055 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2056
2057 /**
2058 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2059 */
2060 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2061
2062 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2063
2064 /************************************************************************//**
2065 * @name Text storage
2066 * @{
2067 */
2068
2069 /**
2070 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2071 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2072 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2073 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2074 */
2075 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2076
2077 /**
2078 * External stores allow including content
2079 * from non database sources following URL links.
2080 *
2081 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2082 * @code
2083 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2084 * @endcode
2085 *
2086 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2087 */
2088 $wgExternalStores = [];
2089
2090 /**
2091 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2092 *
2093 * @par Example:
2094 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2095 * @code
2096 * $wgExternalServers = [
2097 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2098 * ];
2099 * @endcode
2100 *
2101 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2102 * another class.
2103 */
2104 $wgExternalServers = [];
2105
2106 /**
2107 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2108 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2109 *
2110 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2111 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2112 *
2113 * @par Example:
2114 * @code
2115 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2116 * @endcode
2117 *
2118 * @var array
2119 */
2120 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2121
2122 /**
2123 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2124 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2125 *
2126 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2127 */
2128 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2129
2130 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2131
2132 /************************************************************************//**
2133 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2134 * @{
2135 */
2136
2137 /**
2138 * Disable database-intensive features
2139 */
2140 $wgMiserMode = false;
2141
2142 /**
2143 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2144 */
2145 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2146
2147 /**
2148 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2149 */
2150 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2151
2152 /**
2153 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2154 */
2155 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2156
2157 /**
2158 * Enable slow parser functions
2159 */
2160 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2161
2162 /**
2163 * Allow schema updates
2164 */
2165 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2166
2167 /**
2168 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2169 */
2170 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2171
2172 /**
2173 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2174 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2175 */
2176 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2177
2178 /**
2179 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2180 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2181 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2182 * @since 1.26
2183 */
2184 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2185
2186 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2187
2188 /************************************************************************//**
2189 * @name Cache settings
2190 * @{
2191 */
2192
2193 /**
2194 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2195 * from the web.
2196 *
2197 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2198 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2199 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2200 */
2201 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2202
2203 /**
2204 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2205 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2206 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2207 *
2208 * The options are:
2209 *
2210 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2211 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2212 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2213 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2214 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2215 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2216 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2217 *
2218 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2219 */
2220 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2224 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2225 *
2226 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2227 */
2228 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2229
2230 /**
2231 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2232 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2233 *
2234 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2235 */
2236 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * The cache type for storing session data.
2240 *
2241 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2242 */
2243 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2244
2245 /**
2246 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2247 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2248 *
2249 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2250 *
2251 * @since 1.20
2252 */
2253 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2254
2255 /**
2256 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2257 *
2258 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2259 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2260 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2261 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2262 *
2263 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2264 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2265 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2266 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2267 */
2268 $wgObjectCaches = [
2269 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2270 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2271
2272 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2273 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2274 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2275
2276 'db-replicated' => [
2277 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2278 'readFactory' => [
2279 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2280 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2281 ],
2282 'writeFactory' => [
2283 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2284 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2285 ],
2286 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2287 'reportDupes' => false
2288 ],
2289
2290 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2291 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2292 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2293 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2294 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2295 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2296 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 ];
2298
2299 /**
2300 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2301 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2302 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2303 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2304 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2305 *
2306 * The options are:
2307 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2308 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2309 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2310 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2311 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2312 * @since 1.26
2313 */
2314 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2315
2316 /**
2317 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2318 *
2319 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2320 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2321 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2322 *
2323 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2324 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2325 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2326 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2327 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2328 *
2329 * @since 1.26
2330 */
2331 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2332 CACHE_NONE => [
2333 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2334 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2335 'channels' => []
2336 ]
2337 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2338 'memcached-php' => [
2339 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2340 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2341 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2342 ]
2343 */
2344 ];
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2348 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2349 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2350 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2351 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2352 *
2353 * The options are:
2354 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2355 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2356 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2357 *
2358 * @since 1.26
2359 */
2360 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2361
2362 /**
2363 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2364 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2365 */
2366 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2367
2368 /**
2369 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2370 */
2371 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2372
2373 /**
2374 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2375 */
2376 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2377
2378 /**
2379 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2380 */
2381 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2382
2383 /**
2384 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2385 *
2386 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2387 *
2388 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2389 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2390 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2391 * others' cookies.
2392 *
2393 * @since 1.27
2394 * @var string
2395 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2396 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2397 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2398 */
2399 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2400
2401 /**
2402 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2403 *
2404 * @since 1.28
2405 */
2406 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2407
2408 /**
2409 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2410 */
2411 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2412
2413 /**
2414 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2415 */
2416 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2417
2418 /**
2419 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2420 * requests.
2421 */
2422 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2423
2424 /**
2425 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2426 */
2427 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2428
2429 /**
2430 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2431 *
2432 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2433 *
2434 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2435 *
2436 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2437 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2438 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2439 */
2440 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2441
2442 /**
2443 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2444 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2445 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2446 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2447 */
2448 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2449
2450 /**
2451 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2452 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2453 *
2454 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2455 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2456 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2457 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2458 * otherwise the database will be used.
2459 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2460 * store static arrays.
2461 *
2462 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2463 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2464 *
2465 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2466 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2467 * will be used.
2468 *
2469 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2470 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2471 */
2472 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2473 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2474 'store' => 'detect',
2475 'storeClass' => false,
2476 'storeDirectory' => false,
2477 'manualRecache' => false,
2478 ];
2479
2480 /**
2481 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2482 */
2483 $wgCachePages = true;
2484
2485 /**
2486 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2487 * client-side and server-side caching.
2488 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2489 * @verbatim
2490 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2491 * @endverbatim
2492 */
2493 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2494
2495 /**
2496 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2497 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2498 */
2499 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2500
2501 /**
2502 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2503 *
2504 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2505 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2506 * styles.
2507 */
2508 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2509
2510 /**
2511 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2512 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2513 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2514 */
2515 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2516
2517 /**
2518 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2519 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2520 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2521 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2522 */
2523 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2524
2525 /**
2526 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2527 * @deprecated since 1.26
2528 */
2529 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2530
2531 /**
2532 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2533 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2534 */
2535 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2536
2537 /**
2538 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2539 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2540 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2541 *
2542 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2543 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2544 * don't update as expected.
2545 */
2546 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2547
2548 /**
2549 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2550 */
2551 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2552
2553 /**
2554 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2555 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2556 *
2557 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2558 */
2559 $wgUseGzip = false;
2560
2561 /**
2562 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2563 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2564 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2565 * a grace period.
2566 */
2567 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2568
2569 /**
2570 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2571 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2572 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2573 *
2574 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2575 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2576 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2577 */
2578 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2579
2580 /**
2581 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2582 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2583 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2584 *
2585 * @par Example:
2586 * @code
2587 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2588 * @endcode
2589 *
2590 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2591 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2592 *
2593 * @var int|bool
2594 */
2595 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2596
2597 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2598
2599 /************************************************************************//**
2600 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2601 *
2602 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2603 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2604 *
2605 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2606 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2607 * more details.
2608 *
2609 * @{
2610 */
2611
2612 /**
2613 * Enable/disable CDN.
2614 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2615 */
2616 $wgUseSquid = false;
2617
2618 /**
2619 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2620 */
2621 $wgUseESI = false;
2622
2623 /**
2624 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2625 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2626 * @since 1.27
2627 */
2628 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2629
2630 /**
2631 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2632 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2633 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2634 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2635 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2636 * HTTP redirects.
2637 */
2638 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2639
2640 /**
2641 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2642 *
2643 * @par Example:
2644 * @code
2645 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2646 * @endcode
2647 */
2648 $wgInternalServer = false;
2649
2650 /**
2651 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2652 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2653 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2654 *
2655 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2656 */
2657 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2658
2659 /**
2660 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2661 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2662 * @since 1.27
2663 */
2664 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2665
2666 /**
2667 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2668 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2669 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2670 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2671 *
2672 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2673 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2674 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2675 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2676 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2677 *
2678 * @since 1.27
2679 */
2680 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2681
2682 /**
2683 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2684 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2685 * @since 1.27
2686 */
2687 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2688
2689 /**
2690 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2691 *
2692 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2693 */
2694 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2695
2696 /**
2697 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2698 *
2699 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2700 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2701 *
2702 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2703 */
2704 $wgSquidServers = [];
2705
2706 /**
2707 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2708 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2709 * CIDR blocks.
2710 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2711 */
2712 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2713
2714 /**
2715 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2716 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2717 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2718 *
2719 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2720 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2721 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2722 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2723 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2724 *
2725 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2726 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2727 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2728 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2729 * reverse).
2730 *
2731 * @since 1.21
2732 */
2733 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2734
2735 /**
2736 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2737 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2738 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2739 *
2740 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2741 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2742 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2743 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2744 *
2745 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2746 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2747 * @code
2748 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2749 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2750 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2751 * 'port' => 4827,
2752 * ],
2753 * '' => [
2754 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2755 * 'port' => 4827,
2756 * ],
2757 * ];
2758 * @endcode
2759 *
2760 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2761 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2762 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2763 *
2764 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2765 * @code
2766 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2767 * '' => [
2768 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2769 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2770 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2771 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2772 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2773 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2774 * ],
2775 * ];
2776 * @endcode
2777 *
2778 * @since 1.22
2779 *
2780 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2781 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2782 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2783 *
2784 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2785 */
2786 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2787
2788 /**
2789 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2790 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2791 */
2792 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2793
2794 /**
2795 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2796 */
2797 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2798
2799 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2800
2801 /************************************************************************//**
2802 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2803 * @{
2804 */
2805
2806 /**
2807 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2808 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2809 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2810 *
2811 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2812 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2813 *
2814 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2815 * change it in their preferences.
2816 *
2817 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2818 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2819 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2820 */
2821 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2822
2823 /**
2824 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2825 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2826 */
2827 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2828
2829 /**
2830 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2831 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2832 *
2833 * @par Example:
2834 * @code
2835 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2836 * @endcode
2837 */
2838 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2839
2840 /**
2841 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2842 */
2843 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2844
2845 /**
2846 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2847 */
2848 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2849
2850 /**
2851 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2852 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2853 * Notes:
2854 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2855 * map.
2856 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2857 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2858 * this array.
2859 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2860 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2861 * the prefix in this array.
2862 */
2863 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2864
2865 /**
2866 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2867 */
2868 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2869
2870 /**
2871 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2872 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2873 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2874 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2875 */
2876 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2877 'als' => 'gsw',
2878 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2879 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2880 'bh' => 'bho',
2881 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2882 'no' => 'nb',
2883 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2884 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2885 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2886 'simple' => 'en',
2887 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2888 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2889 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2890 ];
2891
2892 /**
2893 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2894 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2895 * set to "ar".
2896 *
2897 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2898 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2899 */
2900 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2901
2902 /**
2903 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2904 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2905 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2906 * support these characters.
2907 *
2908 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2909 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2910 */
2911 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2912
2913 /**
2914 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2915 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2916 * impact.
2917 *
2918 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2919 * details.
2920 *
2921 * @since 1.17
2922 */
2923 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2924
2925 /**
2926 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2927 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2928 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2929 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2930 *
2931 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2932 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2933 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2934 */
2935 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2936
2937 /**
2938 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2939 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2940 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2941 */
2942 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2943 /**
2944 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2945 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2946 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2947 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2948 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2949 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2950 *
2951 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2952 */
2953 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2954 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2955 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2956
2957 /**
2958 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2959 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2960 *
2961 * Known useragents:
2962 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2963 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2964 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2965 * - [...]
2966 *
2967 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2968 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2969 */
2970 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2971
2972 /**
2973 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2974 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2975 */
2976 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2977 ];
2978
2979 /**
2980 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2981 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2982 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2983 *
2984 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2985 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2986 * to remain viewable.
2987 *
2988 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2989 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2990 */
2991 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2992
2993 /**
2994 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2995 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2996 */
2997 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2998
2999 /**
3000 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3001 * numerals in interface.
3002 */
3003 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3004
3005 /**
3006 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3007 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3008 */
3009 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3010
3011 /**
3012 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3013 */
3014 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3018 */
3019 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3020
3021 /**
3022 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3023 */
3024 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3025
3026 /**
3027 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3028 */
3029 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3033 */
3034 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3035
3036 /**
3037 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3038 *
3039 * @par Example:
3040 * @code
3041 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3042 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3043 * @endcode
3044 */
3045 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3046
3047 /**
3048 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3049 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3050 * language variant.
3051 *
3052 * @par Example:
3053 * @code
3054 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3055 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3056 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3057 * @endcode
3058 *
3059 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3060 *
3061 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3062 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3063 */
3064 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3065
3066 /**
3067 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3068 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3069 * customise these.
3070 */
3071 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3072
3073 /**
3074 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3075 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3076 *
3077 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3078 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3079 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3080 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3081 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3082 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3083 * the default behavior.
3084 *
3085 * @par Example:
3086 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3087 * portal:
3088 * @code
3089 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3090 * @endcode
3091 */
3092 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3093
3094 /**
3095 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3096 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3097 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3098 *
3099 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3100 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3101 *
3102 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3103 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3104 *
3105 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3106 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3107 *
3108 * @par Examples:
3109 * @code
3110 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3111 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3112 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3113 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3114 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3115 * @endcode
3116 */
3117 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3118
3119 /**
3120 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3121 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3122 *
3123 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3124 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3125 *
3126 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3127 */
3128 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3129
3130 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3131
3132 /*************************************************************************//**
3133 * @name Output format and skin settings
3134 * @{
3135 */
3136
3137 /**
3138 * The default Content-Type header.
3139 */
3140 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3141
3142 /**
3143 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3144 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3145 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3146 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3147 * @deprecated since 1.22
3148 */
3149 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3150
3151 /**
3152 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3153 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3154 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3155 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3156 * @deprecated since 1.22
3157 */
3158 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3159
3160 /**
3161 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3162 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3163 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3164 * to true by Setup.php.
3165 * @deprecated since 1.22
3166 */
3167 $wgHtml5 = true;
3168
3169 /**
3170 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3171 *
3172 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3173 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3174 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3175 * @since 1.16
3176 */
3177 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3178
3179 /**
3180 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3181 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3182 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3183 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3184 * @since 1.24
3185 */
3186 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3187
3188 /**
3189 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3190 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3191 * stable and change has been communicated.
3192 * @since 1.24
3193 */
3194 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3195
3196 /**
3197 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3198 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3199 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3200 *
3201 * @since 1.28
3202 */
3203 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3204
3205 /**
3206 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3207 *
3208 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3209 *
3210 * @par Example:
3211 * @code
3212 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3213 * @endcode
3214 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3215 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3216 *
3217 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3218 */
3219 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3223 *
3224 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3225 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3226 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3227 */
3228 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3229
3230 /**
3231 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3232 */
3233 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3234
3235 /**
3236 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3237 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3238 */
3239 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3240
3241 /**
3242 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3243 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3244 */
3245 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3246
3247 /**
3248 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3249 *
3250 * @since 1.24
3251 */
3252 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3253
3254 /**
3255 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3256 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3257 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3258 */
3259 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3260
3261 /**
3262 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3263 */
3264 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3265
3266 /**
3267 * Allow user Javascript page?
3268 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3269 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3270 */
3271 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3272
3273 /**
3274 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3275 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3276 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3277 */
3278 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3282 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3283 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3284 */
3285 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3289 */
3290 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3291
3292 /**
3293 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3294 */
3295 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3296
3297 /**
3298 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3299 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3300 */
3301 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3302
3303 /**
3304 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3305 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3306 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3307 *
3308 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3309 *
3310 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3311 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3312 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3313 *
3314 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3315 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3316 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3317 * recommended.
3318 *
3319 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3320 * not just edit pages.
3321 */
3322 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3323
3324 /**
3325 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3326 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3327 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3328 * Options are:
3329 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3330 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3331 * - false: Allow all framing.
3332 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3333 */
3334 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3335
3336 /**
3337 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3338 */
3339 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3340
3341 /**
3342 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3343 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3344 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3345 *
3346 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3347 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3348 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3349 */
3350 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3351
3352 /**
3353 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3354 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3355 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3356 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3357 *
3358 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3359 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3360 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3361 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3362 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3363 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3364 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3365 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3366 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3367 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3368 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3369 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3370 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3371 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3372 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3373 * not be outputted
3374 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3375 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3376 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3377 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3378 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3379 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3380 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3381 */
3382 $wgFooterIcons = [
3383 "copyright" => [
3384 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3385 ],
3386 "poweredby" => [
3387 "mediawiki" => [
3388 // Defaults to point at
3389 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3390 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3391 "src" => null,
3392 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3393 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3394 ]
3395 ],
3396 ];
3397
3398 /**
3399 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3400 * to create an account.
3401 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3402 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3403 */
3404 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3405
3406 /**
3407 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3408 */
3409 $wgEdititis = false;
3410
3411 /**
3412 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3413 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3414 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3415 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3416 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3417 *
3418 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3419 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3420 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3421 */
3422 $wgSend404Code = true;
3423
3424 /**
3425 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3426 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3427 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3428 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3429 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3430 *
3431 * @since 1.20
3432 */
3433 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3434
3435 /**
3436 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3437 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3438 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3439 * unconditionally.
3440 */
3441 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3442
3443 /**
3444 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3445 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3446 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3447 * the domain root.
3448 *
3449 * @since 1.25
3450 */
3451 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3452
3453 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3454
3455 /*************************************************************************//**
3456 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3457 * @{
3458 */
3459
3460 /**
3461 * Client-side resource modules.
3462 *
3463 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3464 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3465 *
3466 * @par Example:
3467 * @code
3468 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3469 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3470 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3471 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3472 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3473 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3474 * ];
3475 * @endcode
3476 */
3477 $wgResourceModules = [];
3478
3479 /**
3480 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3481 *
3482 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3483 * not be modified or disabled.
3484 *
3485 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3486 *
3487 * @par Example:
3488 * @code
3489 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3490 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3491 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3492 * ];
3493 *
3494 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3495 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3496 * ];
3497 * @endcode
3498 *
3499 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3500 *
3501 * @par Equivalent:
3502 * @code
3503 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3504 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3505 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3506 * 'skinStyles' => [
3507 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3508 * ],
3509 * ];
3510 * @endcode
3511 *
3512 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3513 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3514 *
3515 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3516 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3517 *
3518 * @par Example:
3519 * @code
3520 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3521 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3522 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3523 * 'skinStyles' => [
3524 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3525 * ],
3526 * ];
3527 * // Note the '+' character:
3528 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3529 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3530 * ];
3531 * @endcode
3532 *
3533 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3534 *
3535 * @par Equivalent:
3536 * @code
3537 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3538 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3539 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3540 * 'skinStyles' => [
3541 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3542 * 'foo' => [
3543 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3544 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3545 * ],
3546 * ],
3547 * ];
3548 * @endcode
3549 *
3550 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3551 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3552 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3553 *
3554 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3555 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3556 *
3557 * @par Example:
3558 * @code
3559 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3560 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3561 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3562 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3563 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3564 * ];
3565 * @endcode
3566 */
3567 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3568
3569 /**
3570 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3571 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3572 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3573 *
3574 * @par Example:
3575 * @code
3576 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3577 * @endcode
3578 */
3579 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3580
3581 /**
3582 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3583 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3584 */
3585 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3586
3587 /**
3588 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3589 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3590 *
3591 * Following options to distinguish:
3592 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3593 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3594 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3595 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3596 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3597 *
3598 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3599 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3600 * client and MediaWiki.
3601 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3602 */
3603 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3604 'versioned' => [
3605 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3606 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3607 ],
3608 'unversioned' => [
3609 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3610 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3611 ],
3612 ];
3613
3614 /**
3615 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3616 *
3617 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3618 */
3619 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3620
3621 /**
3622 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3623 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3624 *
3625 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3626 */
3627 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3628
3629 /**
3630 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3631 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3632 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3633 *
3634 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3635 */
3636 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3637
3638 /**
3639 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3640 *
3641 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3642 */
3643 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3644
3645 /**
3646 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3647 *
3648 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3649 * work.
3650 *
3651 * @par Example of legacy code:
3652 * @code{,js}
3653 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3654 * @endcode
3655 * or:
3656 * @code{,js}
3657 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3658 * @endcode
3659 *
3660 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3661 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3662 * @code{,js}
3663 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3664 * @endcode
3665 * or:
3666 * @code{,js}
3667 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3668 * @endcode
3669 */
3670 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3671
3672 /**
3673 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3674 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3675 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3676 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3677 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3678 * that you can't increase.
3679 *
3680 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3681 * string length limit.
3682 *
3683 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3684 */
3685 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3686
3687 /**
3688 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3689 * prior to minification to validate it.
3690 *
3691 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3692 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3693 */
3694 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3695
3696 /**
3697 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3698 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3699 *
3700 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3701 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3702 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3703 */
3704 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3705
3706 /**
3707 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3708 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3709 *
3710 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3711 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3712 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3713 *
3714 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3715 *
3716 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3717 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3718 *
3719 * @par Example:
3720 * @code
3721 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3722 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3723 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3724 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3725 * ];
3726 * @endcode
3727 * @since 1.22
3728 */
3729 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3730 /**
3731 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3732 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3733 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3734 * @since 1.27
3735 */
3736 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3737 ];
3738
3739 /**
3740 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3741 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3742 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3743 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3744 *
3745 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3746 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3747 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3748 * files from its own tree.
3749 *
3750 * @since 1.22
3751 */
3752 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3753 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3754 ];
3755
3756 /**
3757 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3758 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3759 */
3760 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3761
3762 /**
3763 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3764 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3765 *
3766 * @since 1.23
3767 */
3768 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3769
3770 /**
3771 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3772 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3773 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3774 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3775 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3776 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3777 * from the rest of the site.
3778 *
3779 * @since 1.25
3780 */
3781 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3782
3783 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3784
3785 /*************************************************************************//**
3786 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3787 * @{
3788 */
3789
3790 /**
3791 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3792 * used instead.
3793 */
3794 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3795
3796 /**
3797 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3798 *
3799 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3800 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3801 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3802 */
3803 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3804
3805 /**
3806 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3807 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3808 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3809 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3810 * hook or extension.json.
3811 *
3812 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3813 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3814 * the new namespace name.
3815 *
3816 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3817 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3818 *
3819 * @par Example:
3820 * @code
3821 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3822 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3823 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3824 * 102 => "Aide",
3825 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3826 * ];
3827 * @endcode
3828 *
3829 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3830 */
3831 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3832
3833 /**
3834 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3835 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3836 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3837 * @since 1.18
3838 */
3839 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3840
3841 /**
3842 * Namespace aliases.
3843 *
3844 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3845 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3846 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3847 * name.
3848 *
3849 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3850 *
3851 * @par Example:
3852 * @code
3853 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3854 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3855 * 'Help' => 100,
3856 * ];
3857 * @endcode
3858 */
3859 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3860
3861 /**
3862 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3863 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3864 *
3865 * Problematic punctuation:
3866 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3867 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3868 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3869 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3870 * corrupted by apache
3871 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3872 *
3873 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3874 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3875 *
3876 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3877 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3878 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3879 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3880 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3881 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3882 *
3883 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3884 *
3885 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3886 * this breaks interlanguage links
3887 */
3888 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3889
3890 /**
3891 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3892 *
3893 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3894 */
3895 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3896
3897 /**
3898 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3899 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3900 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3901 *
3902 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3903 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3904 */
3905 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3906
3907 /**
3908 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3909 */
3910 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3911
3912 /**
3913 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3914 * @{
3915 */
3916
3917 /**
3918 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3919 * database (.cdb) file.
3920 *
3921 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3922 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3923 * formats such as the following:
3924 *
3925 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3926 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3927 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3928 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3929 *
3930 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3931 * data layout.
3932 *
3933 * @var bool|array|string
3934 */
3935 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3936
3937 /**
3938 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3939 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3940 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3941 * - 3: site levels
3942 */
3943 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3944
3945 /**
3946 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3947 */
3948 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3949
3950 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3951
3952 /**
3953 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3954 * @{
3955 */
3956
3957 /**
3958 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3959 */
3960 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3961
3962 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3963
3964 /**
3965 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3966 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3967 * as 'redirected from' links.
3968 *
3969 * @par Example:
3970 * It might look something like this:
3971 * @code
3972 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3973 * @endcode
3974 *
3975 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3976 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3977 * the URL.
3978 */
3979 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3980
3981 /**
3982 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3983 *
3984 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3985 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3986 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3987 */
3988 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3989
3990 /**
3991 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3992 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3993 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3994 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3995 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3996 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3997 * NS_FILE.
3998 *
3999 * @par Example:
4000 * @code
4001 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4002 * @endcode
4003 */
4004 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4005
4006 /**
4007 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4008 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4009 */
4010 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4011 NS_TALK => true,
4012 NS_USER => true,
4013 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4014 NS_PROJECT => true,
4015 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4016 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4017 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4018 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4019 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4020 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4021 NS_HELP => true,
4022 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4023 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4024 ];
4025
4026 /**
4027 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4028 *
4029 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4030 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4031 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4032 *
4033 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4034 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4035 *
4036 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4037 * the new extension registration system.
4038 *
4039 * @since 1.23
4040 */
4041 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4042
4043 /**
4044 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4045 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4046 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4047 * number of articles in the wiki.
4048 */
4049 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4050
4051 /**
4052 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4053 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4054 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4055 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4056 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4057 */
4058 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4059
4060 /**
4061 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4062 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4063 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4064 */
4065 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4069 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4070 * will make the redirect fail.
4071 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4072 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4073 *
4074 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4075 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4076 */
4077 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4078
4079 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4080
4081 /************************************************************************//**
4082 * @name Parser settings
4083 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4084 * @{
4085 */
4086
4087 /**
4088 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4089 *
4090 * class The class name
4091 *
4092 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4093 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4094 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4095 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4096 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4097 *
4098 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4099 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4100 *
4101 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4102 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4103 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4104 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4105 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4106 * an extension setup function.
4107 */
4108 $wgParserConf = [
4109 'class' => 'Parser',
4110 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4111 ];
4112
4113 /**
4114 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4115 */
4116 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4117
4118 /**
4119 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4120 * by PPFrame::expand()
4121 */
4122 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4123
4124 /**
4125 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4126 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4127 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4128 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4129 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4130 *
4131 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4132 */
4133 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4134
4135 /**
4136 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4137 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4138 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4139 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4140 */
4141 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4142
4143 /**
4144 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4145 */
4146 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4147
4148 /**
4149 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4150 *
4151 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4152 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4153 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4154 * more information.
4155 *
4156 * @see wfParseUrl
4157 */
4158 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4159 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4160 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4161 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4162 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4163 ];
4164
4165 /**
4166 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4167 */
4168 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4169
4170 /**
4171 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4172 */
4173 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4174
4175 /**
4176 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4177 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4178 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4179 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4180 *
4181 * @par Examples:
4182 * @code
4183 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4184 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4185 * @endcode
4186 */
4187 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4188
4189 /**
4190 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4191 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4192 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4193 * The image will be displayed.
4194 *
4195 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4196 * Or false to disable it
4197 */
4198 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4199
4200 /**
4201 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4202 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4203 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4204 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4205 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4206 * sites they control.
4207 */
4208 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4209
4210 /**
4211 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4212 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4213 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4214 *
4215 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4216 * parameters will be used instead.
4217 *
4218 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4219 *
4220 * Keys are:
4221 * - driver: May be:
4222 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4223 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4224 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4225 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4226 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4227 *
4228 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4229 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4230 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4231 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4232 */
4233 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4234
4235 /**
4236 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4237 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4238 */
4239 $wgUseTidy = false;
4240
4241 /**
4242 * The path to the tidy binary.
4243 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4244 */
4245 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4246
4247 /**
4248 * The path to the tidy config file
4249 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4250 */
4251 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4252
4253 /**
4254 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4255 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4256 */
4257 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4258
4259 /**
4260 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4261 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4262 */
4263 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4264
4265 /**
4266 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4267 * Only works for internal tidy.
4268 */
4269 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4270
4271 /**
4272 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4273 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4274 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4275 */
4276 $wgRawHtml = false;
4277
4278 /**
4279 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4280 *
4281 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4282 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4283 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4284 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4285 * to some of your users.
4286 */
4287 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4288
4289 /**
4290 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4291 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4292 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4293 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4294 */
4295 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4296
4297 /**
4298 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4299 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4300 */
4301 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4302
4303 /**
4304 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4305 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4306 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4307 *
4308 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4309 *
4310 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4311 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4312 * etc.
4313 *
4314 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4315 */
4316 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4317
4318 /**
4319 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4320 */
4321 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4322
4323 /**
4324 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4325 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4326 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4327 */
4328 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4329
4330 /**
4331 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4332 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4333 */
4334 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4335
4336 /**
4337 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4338 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4339 */
4340 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4341
4342 /**
4343 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4344 */
4345 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4346
4347 /**
4348 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4349 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4350 */
4351 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4352
4353 /**
4354 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4355 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4356 *
4357 * @since 1.28
4358 */
4359 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4360 'ISBN' => false,
4361 'PMID' => false,
4362 'RFC' => false
4363 ];
4364
4365 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4366
4367 /************************************************************************//**
4368 * @name Statistics
4369 * @{
4370 */
4371
4372 /**
4373 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4374 * as a valid article.
4375 *
4376 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4377 *
4378 * This variable can have the following values:
4379 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4380 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4381 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4382 *
4383 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4384 *
4385 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4386 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4387 * script.
4388 */
4389 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4390
4391 /**
4392 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4393 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4394 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4395 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4396 * numbers between different wikis.
4397 */
4398 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4399
4400 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4401
4402 /************************************************************************//**
4403 * @name User accounts, authentication
4404 * @{
4405 */
4406
4407 /**
4408 * Central ID lookup providers
4409 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4410 * @since 1.27
4411 */
4412 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4413 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4414 ];
4415
4416 /**
4417 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4418 * @var string
4419 */
4420 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4421
4422 /**
4423 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4424 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4425 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4426 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4427 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4428 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4429 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4430 * Statements:
4431 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4432 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4433 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4434 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4435 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4436 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4437 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4438 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4439 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4440 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4441 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4442 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4443 * @since 1.26
4444 */
4445 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4446 'policies' => [
4447 'bureaucrat' => [
4448 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4449 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4450 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4451 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4452 ],
4453 'sysop' => [
4454 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4455 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4456 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4457 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4458 ],
4459 'bot' => [
4460 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4461 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4462 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4463 ],
4464 'default' => [
4465 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4466 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4467 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4468 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4469 ],
4470 ],
4471 'checks' => [
4472 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4473 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4474 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4475 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4476 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4477 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4478 ],
4479 ];
4480
4481 /**
4482 * Configure AuthManager
4483 *
4484 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4485 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4486 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4487 * (default is 0).
4488 *
4489 * Elements are:
4490 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4491 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4492 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4493 *
4494 * @since 1.27
4495 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4496 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4497 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4498 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4499 */
4500 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4501
4502 /**
4503 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4504 * @since 1.27
4505 */
4506 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4507 'preauth' => [
4508 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4509 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4510 'sort' => 0,
4511 ],
4512 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4513 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4514 'sort' => 0,
4515 ],
4516 ],
4517 'primaryauth' => [
4518 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4519 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4520 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4521 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4522 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4523 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4524 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4525 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4526 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4527 'args' => [ [
4528 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4529 'authoritative' => false,
4530 ] ],
4531 'sort' => 0,
4532 ],
4533 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4534 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4535 'args' => [ [
4536 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4537 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4538 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4539 // password") if it too fails.
4540 'authoritative' => true,
4541 ] ],
4542 'sort' => 100,
4543 ],
4544 ],
4545 'secondaryauth' => [
4546 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4547 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4548 'sort' => 0,
4549 ],
4550 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4551 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4552 'sort' => 100,
4553 ],
4554 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4555 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4556 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4557 // 'sort' => 100,
4558 // ],
4559 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4560 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4561 'sort' => 200,
4562 ],
4563 ],
4564 ];
4565
4566 /**
4567 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4568 *
4569 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4570 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4571 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4572 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4573 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4574 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4575 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4576 * that needs to do this.
4577 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4578 * the last X seconds.
4579 * - Come up with a third option.
4580 *
4581 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4582 * "X seconds".
4583 *
4584 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4585 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4586 * - LinkAccounts
4587 * - UnlinkAccount
4588 * - ChangeCredentials
4589 * - RemoveCredentials
4590 * - ChangeEmail
4591 *
4592 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4593 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4594 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4595 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4596 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4597 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4598 *
4599 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4600 *
4601 * @since 1.27
4602 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4603 */
4604 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4605 'default' => 300,
4606 ];
4607
4608 /**
4609 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4610 *
4611 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4612 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4613 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4614 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4615 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4616 *
4617 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4618 *
4619 * @since 1.27
4620 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4621 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4622 */
4623 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4624 'default' => true,
4625 ];
4626
4627 /**
4628 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4629 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4630 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4631 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4632 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4633 * @since 1.27
4634 * @var string[]
4635 */
4636 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4637 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4638 ];
4639
4640 /**
4641 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4642 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4643 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4644 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4645 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4646 * @since 1.27
4647 * @var string[]
4648 */
4649 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4650 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4651 ];
4652
4653 /**
4654 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4655 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4656 */
4657 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4658
4659 /**
4660 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4661 * words are allowed.
4662 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4663 */
4664 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4665
4666 /**
4667 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4668 *
4669 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4670 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4671 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4672 *
4673 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4674 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4675 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4676 */
4677 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4678
4679 /**
4680 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4681 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4682 * @since 1.23
4683 */
4684 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4685
4686 /**
4687 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4688 *
4689 * @since 1.24
4690 */
4691 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4692
4693 /**
4694 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4695 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4696 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4697 *
4698 * An advanced example:
4699 * @code
4700 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4701 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4702 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4703 * 'secrets' => [],
4704 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4705 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4706 * 'cost' => 5,
4707 * ];
4708 * @endcode
4709 *
4710 * @since 1.24
4711 */
4712 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4713 'A' => [
4714 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4715 ],
4716 'B' => [
4717 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4718 ],
4719 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4720 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4721 'types' => [
4722 'A',
4723 'pbkdf2',
4724 ],
4725 ],
4726 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4727 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4728 'types' => [
4729 'B',
4730 'pbkdf2',
4731 ],
4732 ],
4733 'bcrypt' => [
4734 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4735 'cost' => 9,
4736 ],
4737 'pbkdf2' => [
4738 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4739 'algo' => 'sha512',
4740 'cost' => '30000',
4741 'length' => '64',
4742 ],
4743 ];
4744
4745 /**
4746 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4747 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4748 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4749 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4750 */
4751 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4752 'username' => true,
4753 'email' => true,
4754 ];
4755
4756 /**
4757 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4758 */
4759 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4760
4761 /**
4762 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4763 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4764 */
4765 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4766
4767 /**
4768 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4769 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4770 */
4771 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4772 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4773 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4774 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4775 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4776 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4777 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4778 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4779 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4780 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4781 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4782 ];
4783
4784 /**
4785 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4786 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4787 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4788 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4789 */
4790 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4791 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4792 'cols' => 80,
4793 'date' => 'default',
4794 'diffonly' => 0,
4795 'disablemail' => 0,
4796 'editfont' => 'default',
4797 'editondblclick' => 0,
4798 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4799 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4800 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4801 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4802 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4803 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4804 'fancysig' => 0,
4805 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4806 'gender' => 'unknown',
4807 'hideminor' => 0,
4808 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4809 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4810 'imagesize' => 2,
4811 'math' => 1,
4812 'minordefault' => 0,
4813 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4814 'nickname' => '',
4815 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4816 'numberheadings' => 0,
4817 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4818 'previewontop' => 1,
4819 'rcdays' => 7,
4820 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4821 'rclimit' => 50,
4822 'rows' => 25,
4823 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4824 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4825 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4826 'skin' => false,
4827 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4828 'thumbsize' => 5,
4829 'underline' => 2,
4830 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4831 'usenewrc' => 1,
4832 'watchcreations' => 1,
4833 'watchdefault' => 1,
4834 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4835 'watchuploads' => 1,
4836 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4837 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4838 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4839 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4840 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4841 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4842 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4843 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4844 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4845 'watchmoves' => 0,
4846 'watchrollback' => 0,
4847 'wllimit' => 250,
4848 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4849 'prefershttps' => 1,
4850 ];
4851
4852 /**
4853 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4854 */
4855 $wgHiddenPrefs = [
4856 'rcenhancedfilters',
4857 ];
4858
4859 /**
4860 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4861 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4862 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4863 */
4864 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4865
4866 /**
4867 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4868 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4869 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4870 *
4871 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4872 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4873 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4874 */
4875 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4876
4877 /**
4878 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4879 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4880 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4881 * @since 1.17
4882 */
4883 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4884
4885 /**
4886 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4887 *
4888 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4889 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4890 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4891 *
4892 * @since 1.27
4893 * @var string|null
4894 */
4895 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4896
4897 /**
4898 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4899 *
4900 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4901 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4902 *
4903 * @since 1.27
4904 */
4905 $wgSessionProviders = [
4906 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4907 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4908 'args' => [ [
4909 'priority' => 30,
4910 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4911 ] ],
4912 ],
4913 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4914 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4915 'args' => [ [
4916 'priority' => 75,
4917 ] ],
4918 ],
4919 ];
4920
4921 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4922
4923 /************************************************************************//**
4924 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4925 * @{
4926 */
4927
4928 /**
4929 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4930 */
4931 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4932
4933 /**
4934 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4935 */
4936 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4937
4938 /**
4939 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4940 */
4941 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4942
4943 /**
4944 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4945 *
4946 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4947 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4948 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4949 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4950 *
4951 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4952 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4953 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4954 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4955 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4956 */
4957 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4958 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4959 'IPv6' => 19,
4960 ];
4961
4962 /**
4963 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4964 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4965 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4966 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4967 * anonymous visitors.
4968 */
4969 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4970
4971 /**
4972 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4973 *
4974 * @par Example:
4975 * @code
4976 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4977 * @endcode
4978 *
4979 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4980 *
4981 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4982 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4983 *
4984 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4985 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4986 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4987 */
4988 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4989
4990 /**
4991 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4992 *
4993 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4994 * is without underscore.
4995 *
4996 * @par Example:
4997 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4998 * @code
4999 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5000 * @endcode
5001 *
5002 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5003 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5004 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5005 *
5006 * @par Example:
5007 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5008 * @code
5009 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5010 * @endcode
5011 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5012 *
5013 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5014 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5015 */
5016 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5017
5018 /**
5019 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5020 * address before being allowed to edit?
5021 */
5022 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5023
5024 /**
5025 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5026 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5027 */
5028 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5029
5030 /**
5031 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5032 *
5033 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5034 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5035 *
5036 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5037 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5038 *
5039 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5040 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5041 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5042 * in in the user_groups table.
5043 *
5044 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5045 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5046 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5047 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5048 *
5049 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5050 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5051 *
5052 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5053 */
5054 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5055
5056 /** @cond file_level_code */
5057 // Implicit group for all visitors
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5071 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5072
5073 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5093
5094 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5097
5098 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5099 // from various log pages by default
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5108
5109 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5113 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5115 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5117 // can view deleted revision text
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5149 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5150 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5154
5155 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5158 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5159 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5160 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5161 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5162
5163 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5164 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5165 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5166 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5167 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5168 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5169 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5170 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5171 // For private suppression log access
5172 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5173
5174 /**
5175 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5176 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5177 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5178 * server.
5179 */
5180 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5181
5182 /** @endcond */
5183
5184 /**
5185 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5186 *
5187 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5188 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5189 *
5190 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5191 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5192 */
5193 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5194
5195 /**
5196 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5197 */
5198 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5199
5200 /**
5201 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5202 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5203 *
5204 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5205 * group".
5206 *
5207 * @par Example:
5208 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5209 * @code
5210 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5211 * @endcode
5212 *
5213 * @par Example:
5214 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5215 * @code
5216 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5217 * @endcode
5218 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5219 * any group that they happen to be in.
5220 */
5221 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5222
5223 /**
5224 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5225 */
5226 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5227
5228 /**
5229 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5230 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5231 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5232 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5233 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5234 */
5235 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5236
5237 /**
5238 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5239 *
5240 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5241 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5242 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5243 *
5244 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5245 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5246 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5247 */
5248 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5249
5250 /**
5251 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5252 *
5253 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5254 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5255 *
5256 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5257 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5258 */
5259 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5260
5261 /**
5262 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5263 *
5264 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5265 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5266 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5267 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5268 * "semiprotected".
5269 *
5270 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5271 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5272 */
5273 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5274
5275 /**
5276 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5277 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5278 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5279 *
5280 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5281 */
5282 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5283
5284 /**
5285 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5286 *
5287 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5288 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5289 *
5290 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5291 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5292 */
5293 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5294
5295 /**
5296 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5297 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5298 * privileges of new accounts.
5299 *
5300 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5301 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5302 *
5303 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5304 *
5305 * @par Example:
5306 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5307 * @code
5308 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5309 * @endcode
5310 * Set age to one day:
5311 * @code
5312 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5313 * @endcode
5314 */
5315 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5316
5317 /**
5318 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5319 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5320 *
5321 * @par Example:
5322 * @code
5323 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5324 * @endcode
5325 */
5326 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5327
5328 /**
5329 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5330 *
5331 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5332 *
5333 * The format is
5334 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5335 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5336 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5337 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5338 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5339 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5340 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5341 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5342 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5343 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5344 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5345 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5346 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5347 *
5348 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5349 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5350 */
5351 $wgAutopromote = [
5352 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5353 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5354 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5355 ],
5356 ];
5357
5358 /**
5359 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5360 *
5361 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5362 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5363 *
5364 * The format is:
5365 * @code
5366 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5367 * @endcode
5368 * Where event is either:
5369 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5370 *
5371 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5372 *
5373 * @see $wgAutopromote
5374 * @since 1.18
5375 */
5376 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5377 'onEdit' => [],
5378 ];
5379
5380 /**
5381 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5382 * @since 1.18
5383 */
5384 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5385
5386 /**
5387 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5388 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5389 *
5390 * @par Example:
5391 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5392 * @code
5393 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5394 * @endcode
5395 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5396 * @code
5397 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5398 * @endcode
5399 * Sysops can make bots:
5400 * @code
5401 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5402 * @endcode
5403 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5404 * @code
5405 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5406 * @endcode
5407 */
5408 $wgAddGroups = [];
5409
5410 /**
5411 * @see $wgAddGroups
5412 */
5413 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5414
5415 /**
5416 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5417 * For extensions only.
5418 */
5419 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5420
5421 /**
5422 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5423 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5424 */
5425 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5426
5427 /**
5428 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5429 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5430 * This is limited for performance reason.
5431 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5432 * @since 1.23
5433 */
5434 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5435
5436 /**
5437 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5438 *
5439 * @par Example:
5440 * @code
5441 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5442 * // no more than 100 per month
5443 * [
5444 * 'count' => 100,
5445 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5446 * ],
5447 * // no more than 10 per day
5448 * [
5449 * 'count' => 10,
5450 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5451 * ],
5452 * ];
5453 * @endcode
5454 *
5455 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5456 */
5457 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5458 'count' => 0,
5459 'seconds' => 86400,
5460 ] ];
5461
5462 /**
5463 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5464 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5465 *
5466 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5467 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5468 *
5469 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5470 *
5471 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5472 */
5473 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5474
5475 /**
5476 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5477 */
5478 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5479
5480 /**
5481 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5482 * proxies
5483 * @since 1.16
5484 */
5485 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5486
5487 /**
5488 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5489 *
5490 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5491 * the blacklist require a key).
5492 *
5493 * @par Example:
5494 * @code
5495 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5496 * // String containing URL
5497 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5498 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5499 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5500 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5501 * // just use a string as shown above
5502 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5503 * ];
5504 * @endcode
5505 *
5506 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5507 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5508 * @since 1.16
5509 */
5510 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5511
5512 /**
5513 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5514 * what the other methods might say.
5515 */
5516 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5517
5518 /**
5519 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5520 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5521 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5522 */
5523 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5524
5525 /**
5526 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5527 *
5528 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5529 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5530 * elapses.
5531 *
5532 * @par Example:
5533 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5534 * @code
5535 * $wgRateLimits = [
5536 * 'edit' => [
5537 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5538 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5539 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5540 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5541 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5542 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5543 * ]
5544 * ];
5545 * @endcode
5546 *
5547 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5548 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5549 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5550 * @code
5551 * $wgRateLimits = [
5552 * 'some-action' => [
5553 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5554 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5555 * ];
5556 * @endcode
5557 *
5558 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5559 */
5560 $wgRateLimits = [
5561 // Page edits
5562 'edit' => [
5563 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5564 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5565 ],
5566 // Page moves
5567 'move' => [
5568 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5569 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5570 ],
5571 // File uploads
5572 'upload' => [
5573 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5574 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5575 ],
5576 // Page rollbacks
5577 'rollback' => [
5578 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5579 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5580 ],
5581 // Triggering password resets emails
5582 'mailpassword' => [
5583 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5584 ],
5585 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5586 'emailuser' => [
5587 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5588 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5589 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5590 ],
5591 // Purging pages
5592 'purge' => [
5593 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5594 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5595 ],
5596 // Purges of link tables
5597 'linkpurge' => [
5598 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5599 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5600 ],
5601 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5602 'renderfile' => [
5603 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5604 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5605 ],
5606 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5607 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5608 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5609 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5610 ],
5611 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5612 'stashedit' => [
5613 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5614 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5615 ],
5616 // Adding or removing change tags
5617 'changetag' => [
5618 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5619 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5620 ],
5621 // Changing the content model of a page
5622 'editcontentmodel' => [
5623 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5624 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5625 ],
5626 ];
5627
5628 /**
5629 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5630 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5631 */
5632 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5633
5634 /**
5635 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5636 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5637 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5638 */
5639 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5640
5641 /**
5642 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5643 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5644 */
5645 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5646
5647 /**
5648 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5649 *
5650 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5651 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5652 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5653 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5654 *
5655 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5656 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5657 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5658 */
5659 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5660 // Short term limit
5661 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5662 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5663 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5664 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5665 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5666 ];
5667
5668 /**
5669 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5670 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5671 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5672 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5673 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5674 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5675 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5676 * @since 1.27
5677 */
5678 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5679
5680 // @TODO: clean up grants
5681 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5682
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5693
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5695 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5698
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5700 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5701 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5703
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5705 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5706
5707 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5708 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5709 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5710
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5712
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5714 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5715 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5717
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5719 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5720 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5721 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5722 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5723 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5724 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5725
5726 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5727 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5728
5729 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5730 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5731 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5732 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5733 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5734 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5735
5736 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5737
5738 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5739
5740 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5741 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5742
5743 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5744 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5745 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5746
5747 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5748
5749 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5750 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5751 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5752 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5753 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5754 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5755 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5756
5757 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5758 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5759
5760 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5761
5762 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5763
5764 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5765
5766 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5767
5768 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5769
5770 /**
5771 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5772 * @since 1.27
5773 */
5774 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5775 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5776 'basic' => 'hidden',
5777
5778 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5779 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5780 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5781 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5782
5783 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5784 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5785
5786 'sendemail' => 'email',
5787
5788 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5789 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5790
5791 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5792 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5793
5794 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5795 'rollback' => 'administration',
5796 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5797 'delete' => 'administration',
5798 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5799 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5800 'protect' => 'administration',
5801 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5802
5803 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5804
5805 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5806 ];
5807
5808 /**
5809 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5810 * @since 1.27
5811 */
5812 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5813
5814 /**
5815 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5816 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5817 * @since 1.27
5818 */
5819 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5820
5821 /**
5822 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5823 *
5824 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5825 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5826 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5827 * @since 1.27
5828 */
5829 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5830
5831 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5832
5833 /************************************************************************//**
5834 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5835 * @{
5836 */
5837
5838 /**
5839 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5840 */
5841 $wgSecretKey = false;
5842
5843 /**
5844 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5845 *
5846 * This can have the following formats:
5847 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5848 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5849 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5850 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5851 */
5852 $wgProxyList = [];
5853
5854 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5855
5856 /************************************************************************//**
5857 * @name Cookie settings
5858 * @{
5859 */
5860
5861 /**
5862 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5863 */
5864 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5865
5866 /**
5867 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5868 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5869 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5870 * login cookies session-only.
5871 */
5872 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5873
5874 /**
5875 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5876 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5877 */
5878 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5879
5880 /**
5881 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5882 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5883 */
5884 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5885
5886 /**
5887 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5888 * - true: Set secure flag
5889 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5890 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5891 */
5892 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5893
5894 /**
5895 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5896 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5897 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5898 * check.
5899 */
5900 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5901
5902 /**
5903 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5904 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5905 * name to be used as a prefix.
5906 */
5907 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5908
5909 /**
5910 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5911 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5912 * XSS attack.
5913 */
5914 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5915
5916 /**
5917 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5918 */
5919 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5920
5921 /**
5922 * Override to customise the session name
5923 */
5924 $wgSessionName = false;
5925
5926 /**
5927 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
5928 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked.
5929 */
5930 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
5931
5932 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5933
5934 /************************************************************************//**
5935 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5936 * @{
5937 */
5938
5939 /**
5940 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5941 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5942 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5943 * Please see math/README for more information.
5944 */
5945 $wgUseTeX = false;
5946
5947 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5948
5949 /************************************************************************//**
5950 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5951 *
5952 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5953 *
5954 * @{
5955 */
5956
5957 /**
5958 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5959 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5960 * may contain private data.
5961 */
5962 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5963
5964 /**
5965 * Prefix for debug log lines
5966 */
5967 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5968
5969 /**
5970 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5971 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5972 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5973 */
5974 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5975
5976 /**
5977 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5978 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5979 * and gen=js requests.
5980 */
5981 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5982
5983 /**
5984 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5985 *
5986 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5987 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5988 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5989 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5990 */
5991 $wgDebugComments = false;
5992
5993 /**
5994 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5995 *
5996 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5997 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5998 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5999 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6000 */
6001 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6002
6003 /**
6004 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6005 *
6006 * @since 1.26
6007 */
6008 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6009 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6010 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6011 'GET' => [
6012 'masterConns' => 0,
6013 'writes' => 0,
6014 'readQueryTime' => 5
6015 ],
6016 // HTTP POST requests.
6017 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6018 'POST' => [
6019 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6020 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6021 'maxAffected' => 1000
6022 ],
6023 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6024 'masterConns' => 0,
6025 'writes' => 0,
6026 'readQueryTime' => 5
6027 ],
6028 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6029 'PostSend' => [
6030 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6031 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6032 'maxAffected' => 1000
6033 ],
6034 // Background job runner
6035 'JobRunner' => [
6036 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6037 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6038 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6039 ],
6040 // Command-line scripts
6041 'Maintenance' => [
6042 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6043 'maxAffected' => 1000
6044 ]
6045 ];
6046
6047 /**
6048 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6049 *
6050 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6051 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6052 * in production.
6053 *
6054 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6055 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6056 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6057 * - associative array with keys:
6058 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6059 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6060 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6061 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6062 *
6063 * @par Example:
6064 * @code
6065 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6066 * @endcode
6067 *
6068 * @par Advanced example:
6069 * @code
6070 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6071 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6072 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6073 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6074 * ];
6075 * @endcode
6076 */
6077 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6078
6079 /**
6080 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6081 *
6082 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6083 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6084 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6085 * details.
6086 *
6087 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6088 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6089 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6090 *
6091 * @par To completely disable logging:
6092 * @code
6093 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6094 * @endcode
6095 *
6096 * @since 1.25
6097 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6098 * @see MwLogger
6099 */
6100 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6101 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6102 ];
6103
6104 /**
6105 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6106 *
6107 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6108 */
6109 $wgShowDebug = false;
6110
6111 /**
6112 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6113 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6114 */
6115 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6116
6117 /**
6118 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6119 */
6120 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6121
6122 /**
6123 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6124 */
6125 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6126
6127 /**
6128 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6129 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6130 * to an attacker.
6131 */
6132 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6133
6134 /**
6135 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6136 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6137 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6138 * formatting.
6139 */
6140 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6141
6142 /**
6143 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6144 *
6145 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6146 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6147 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6148 * exception handler.
6149 */
6150 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6151
6152 /**
6153 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6154 */
6155 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6156
6157 /**
6158 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6159 */
6160 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6161
6162 /**
6163 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6164 * Should be a string, default false.
6165 * @since 1.20
6166 */
6167 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6168
6169 /**
6170 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6171 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6172 */
6173 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6174
6175 /**
6176 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6177 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6178 * after the limit.
6179 */
6180 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6181
6182 /**
6183 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6184 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6185 */
6186 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6187
6188 /**
6189 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6190 *
6191 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6192 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6193 */
6194 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6195
6196 /**
6197 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6198 *
6199 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6200 *
6201 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6202 *
6203 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6204 * @since 1.25
6205 */
6206 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6207
6208 /**
6209 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6210 *
6211 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6212 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6213 * @since 1.25
6214 */
6215 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6216
6217 /**
6218 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6219 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6220 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6221 * @since 1.28
6222 */
6223 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6224
6225 /**
6226 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6227 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6228 * templates.
6229 */
6230 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6231
6232 /**
6233 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6234 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6235 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6236 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6237 */
6238 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6239
6240 /**
6241 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6242 * filename is passed to it.
6243 *
6244 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6245 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6246 *
6247 * Use full paths.
6248 */
6249 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6250 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6251 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6252 ];
6253
6254 /**
6255 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6256 */
6257 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6258
6259 /**
6260 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6261 * @since 1.19
6262 */
6263 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6264
6265 /**
6266 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6267 * queries and other useful output.
6268 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6269 *
6270 * @since 1.19
6271 */
6272 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6273
6274 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6275
6276 /************************************************************************//**
6277 * @name Search
6278 * @{
6279 */
6280
6281 /**
6282 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6283 */
6284 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6285
6286 /**
6287 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6288 * by default off due to execution overhead
6289 */
6290 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6291
6292 /**
6293 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6294 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6295 */
6296 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6297
6298 /**
6299 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6300 *
6301 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6302 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6303 *
6304 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6305 *
6306 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6307 */
6308 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6309
6310 /**
6311 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6312 *
6313 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6314 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6315 *
6316 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6317 */
6318 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6319 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6320 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6321 ];
6322
6323 /**
6324 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6325 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6326 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6327 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6328 */
6329 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6330
6331 /**
6332 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6333 * OpenSearch call.
6334 */
6335 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6336
6337 /**
6338 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6339 */
6340 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6341
6342 /**
6343 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6344 */
6345 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6346
6347 /**
6348 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6349 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6350 */
6351 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6352
6353 /**
6354 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6355 *
6356 * @par Example:
6357 * @code
6358 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6359 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6360 * @endcode
6361 */
6362 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6363 NS_MAIN => true,
6364 ];
6365
6366 /**
6367 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6368 * implemented by an extension instead.
6369 */
6370 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6371
6372 /**
6373 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6374 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6375 * search term.
6376 *
6377 * @par Example:
6378 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6379 * @code
6380 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6381 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6382 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6383 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6384 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6385 * @endcode
6386 */
6387 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6388
6389 /**
6390 * Search form behavior.
6391 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6392 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6393 */
6394 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6395
6396 /**
6397 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6398 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6399 * generated for all namespaces.
6400 */
6401 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6402
6403 /**
6404 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6405 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6406 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6407 *
6408 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6409 * @par Example:
6410 * @code
6411 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6412 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6413 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6414 * ];
6415 * @endcode
6416 */
6417 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6418
6419 /**
6420 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6421 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6422 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6423 */
6424 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6425
6426 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6427
6428 /************************************************************************//**
6429 * @name Edit user interface
6430 * @{
6431 */
6432
6433 /**
6434 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6435 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6436 */
6437 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6438
6439 /**
6440 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6441 */
6442 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6443
6444 /**
6445 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6446 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6447 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6448 */
6449 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6450 NS_CATEGORY => true
6451 ];
6452
6453 /**
6454 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6455 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6456 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6457 */
6458 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6459
6460 /**
6461 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6462 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6463 * ting this variable false.
6464 */
6465 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6466
6467 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6468
6469 /************************************************************************//**
6470 * @name Maintenance
6471 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6472 * @{
6473 */
6474
6475 /**
6476 * @cond file_level_code
6477 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6478 */
6479 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6480 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6481 }
6482 /** @endcond */
6483
6484 /**
6485 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6486 */
6487 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6488
6489 /**
6490 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6491 * used as an explanation to users.
6492 *
6493 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6494 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6495 * option in MySQL.
6496 */
6497 $wgReadOnly = null;
6498
6499 /**
6500 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6501 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6502 * message.
6503 *
6504 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6505 */
6506 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6507
6508 /**
6509 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6510 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6511 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6512 *
6513 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6514 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6515 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6516 */
6517 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6518
6519 /**
6520 * Fully specified path to git binary
6521 */
6522 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6523
6524 /**
6525 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6526 *
6527 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6528 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6529 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6530 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6531 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6532 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6533 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6534 *
6535 * @since 1.20
6536 */
6537 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6538 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6539 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6540 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6541 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6542 ];
6543
6544 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6545
6546 /************************************************************************//**
6547 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6548 * @{
6549 */
6550
6551 /**
6552 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6553 * seconds will go.
6554 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6555 */
6556 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6557
6558 /**
6559 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6560 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6561 * @since 1.26
6562 */
6563 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6564
6565 /**
6566 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6567 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6568 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6569 * @since 1.26
6570 */
6571 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6572
6573 /**
6574 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6575 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6576 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6577 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6578 * is still there.
6579 */
6580 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6581
6582 /**
6583 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6584 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6585 */
6586 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6587
6588 /**
6589 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6590 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6591 */
6592 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6593
6594 /**
6595 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6596 * should be sent.
6597 *
6598 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6599 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6600 * specified server.
6601 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6602 *
6603 * The common options are:
6604 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6605 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6606 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6607 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6608 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6609 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6610 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6611 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6612 *
6613 * The IRC-specific options are:
6614 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6615 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6616 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6617 *
6618 * The JSON-specific options are:
6619 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6620 *
6621 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6622 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6623 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6624 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6625 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6626 * ];
6627 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6628 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6629 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6630 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6631 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6632 * ];
6633 * @since 1.22
6634 */
6635 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6636
6637 /**
6638 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6639 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6640 */
6641 $wgRCEngines = [
6642 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6643 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6644 ];
6645
6646 /**
6647 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6648 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6649 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6650 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6651 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6652 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6653 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6654 *
6655 * @since 1.27
6656 */
6657 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6658
6659 /**
6660 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6661 * New pages and new files are included.
6662 */
6663 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6664
6665 /**
6666 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6667 */
6668 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6669
6670 /**
6671 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6672 *
6673 * @since 1.27
6674 */
6675 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6676
6677 /**
6678 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6679 */
6680 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6681
6682 /**
6683 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6684 */
6685 $wgFeed = true;
6686
6687 /**
6688 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6689 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6690 */
6691 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6692
6693 /**
6694 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6695 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6696 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6697 *
6698 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6699 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6700 */
6701 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6702
6703 /**
6704 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6705 * pages larger than this size.
6706 */
6707 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6708
6709 /**
6710 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6711 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6712 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6713 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6714 * as value.
6715 * @par Example:
6716 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6717 * @code
6718 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6719 * @endcode
6720 */
6721 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6722
6723 /**
6724 * Available feeds objects.
6725 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6726 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6727 */
6728 $wgFeedClasses = [
6729 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6730 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6731 ];
6732
6733 /**
6734 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6735 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6736 */
6737 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6738
6739 /**
6740 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6741 */
6742 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6743
6744 /**
6745 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6746 */
6747 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6748
6749 /**
6750 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6751 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6752 * highlighted on the RC page.
6753 */
6754 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6755
6756 /**
6757 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6758 * view for watched pages with new changes
6759 */
6760 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6761
6762 /**
6763 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6764 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6765 */
6766 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6767
6768 /**
6769 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6770 */
6771 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6772
6773 /**
6774 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6775 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6776 */
6777 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6778
6779 /**
6780 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6781 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6782 * watchers.
6783 *
6784 * @since 1.21
6785 */
6786 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6787
6788 /**
6789 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6790 * certain types of edits.
6791 *
6792 * To register a new one:
6793 * @code
6794 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6795 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6796 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6797 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6798 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6799 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6800 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6801 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6802 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6803 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6804 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6805 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6806 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6807 * ];
6808 * @endcode
6809 *
6810 * @since 1.22
6811 */
6812 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6813 'newpage' => [
6814 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6815 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6816 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6817 'grouping' => 'any',
6818 ],
6819 'minor' => [
6820 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6821 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6822 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6823 'class' => 'minoredit',
6824 'grouping' => 'all',
6825 ],
6826 'bot' => [
6827 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6828 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6829 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6830 'class' => 'botedit',
6831 'grouping' => 'all',
6832 ],
6833 'unpatrolled' => [
6834 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6835 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6836 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6837 'grouping' => 'any',
6838 ],
6839 ];
6840
6841 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6842
6843 /************************************************************************//**
6844 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6845 * @{
6846 */
6847
6848 /**
6849 * Override for copyright metadata.
6850 *
6851 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6852 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6853 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6854 */
6855 $wgRightsPage = null;
6856
6857 /**
6858 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6859 * wiki.
6860 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6861 */
6862 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6863
6864 /**
6865 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6866 * link.
6867 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6868 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6869 */
6870 $wgRightsText = null;
6871
6872 /**
6873 * Override for copyright metadata.
6874 */
6875 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6876
6877 /**
6878 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6879 */
6880 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6881
6882 /**
6883 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6884 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6885 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6886 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6887 * large wikis.
6888 */
6889 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6890
6891 /**
6892 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6893 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6894 */
6895 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6896
6897 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6898
6899 /************************************************************************//**
6900 * @name Import / Export
6901 * @{
6902 */
6903
6904 /**
6905 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6906 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6907 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6908 *
6909 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6910 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6911 * e.g.
6912 * @code
6913 * $wgImportSources = [
6914 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6915 * 'wikispecies',
6916 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6917 * ];
6918 * @endcode
6919 *
6920 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6921 * the ImportSources hook.
6922 *
6923 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6924 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6925 */
6926 $wgImportSources = [];
6927
6928 /**
6929 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6930 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6931 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6932 *
6933 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6934 */
6935 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6936
6937 /**
6938 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6939 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6940 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6941 */
6942 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6943
6944 /**
6945 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6946 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6947 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6948 */
6949 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6950
6951 /**
6952 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6953 */
6954 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6955
6956 /**
6957 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6958 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6959 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6960 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6961 * it's disabled by default for now.
6962 *
6963 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6964 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6965 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6966 */
6967 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6968
6969 /**
6970 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6971 */
6972 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6973
6974 /**
6975 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6976 */
6977 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6978
6979 /**
6980 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6981 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6982 *
6983 * @since 1.27
6984 */
6985 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6986
6987 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6988
6989 /*************************************************************************//**
6990 * @name Extensions
6991 * @{
6992 */
6993
6994 /**
6995 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6996 * initialised
6997 */
6998 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6999
7000 /**
7001 * Extension messages files.
7002 *
7003 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7004 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7005 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7006 * is the most common.
7007 *
7008 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7009 * in the core.
7010 *
7011 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7012 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7013 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7014 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7015 *
7016 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7017 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7018 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7019 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7020 *
7021 * @par Example:
7022 * @code
7023 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7024 * @endcode
7025 */
7026 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7027
7028 /**
7029 * Extension messages directories.
7030 *
7031 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7032 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7033 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7034 * message directories.
7035 *
7036 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7037 *
7038 * @par Simple example:
7039 * @code
7040 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7041 * @endcode
7042 *
7043 * @par Complex example:
7044 * @code
7045 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7046 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7047 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7048 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7049 * ]
7050 * @endcode
7051 * @since 1.23
7052 */
7053 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7054
7055 /**
7056 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7057 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7058 * @since 1.22
7059 */
7060 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7061
7062 /**
7063 * Parser output hooks.
7064 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7065 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7066 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7067 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7068 *
7069 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7070 *
7071 * The callback has the form:
7072 * @code
7073 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7074 * @endcode
7075 */
7076 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7077
7078 /**
7079 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7080 */
7081 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7082
7083 /**
7084 * List of valid skin names
7085 *
7086 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7087 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7088 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7089 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7090 */
7091 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7092
7093 /**
7094 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7095 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7096 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7097 * SpecialPage.
7098 */
7099 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7100
7101 /**
7102 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7103 */
7104 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7105
7106 /**
7107 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7108 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7109 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7110 */
7111 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7112
7113 /**
7114 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7115 *
7116 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7117 *
7118 * @code
7119 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7120 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7121 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7122 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7123 * 'author' => [
7124 * 'Foo Barstein',
7125 * ],
7126 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7127 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7128 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7129 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7130 * ];
7131 * @endcode
7132 *
7133 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7134 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7135 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7136 * interpreted as wikitext.
7137 *
7138 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7139 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7140 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7141 *
7142 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7143 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7144 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7145 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7146 *
7147 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7148 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7149 * usually are.)
7150 *
7151 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7152 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7153 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7154 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7155 *
7156 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7157 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7158 *
7159 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7160 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7161 *
7162 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7163 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7164 */
7165 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7166
7167 /**
7168 * Authentication plugin.
7169 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7170 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7171 */
7172 $wgAuth = null;
7173
7174 /**
7175 * Global list of hooks.
7176 *
7177 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7178 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7179 * internally by Hook:run().
7180 *
7181 * The value can be one of:
7182 *
7183 * - A function name:
7184 * @code
7185 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7186 * @endcode
7187 * - A function with some data:
7188 * @code
7189 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7190 * @endcode
7191 * - A an object method:
7192 * @code
7193 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7194 * @endcode
7195 * - A closure:
7196 * @code
7197 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7198 * // Handler code goes here.
7199 * };
7200 * @endcode
7201 *
7202 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7203 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7204 *
7205 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7206 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7207 */
7208 $wgHooks = [];
7209
7210 /**
7211 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7212 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7213 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7214 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7215 * hook for that.
7216 *
7217 * @see MediaWikiServices
7218 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7219 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7220 */
7221 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7222 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7223 ];
7224
7225 /**
7226 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7227 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7228 */
7229 $wgJobClasses = [
7230 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7231 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7232 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7233 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7234 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7235 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7236 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7237 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7238 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7239 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7240 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7241 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7242 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7243 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7244 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7245 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7246 'null' => 'NullJob'
7247 ];
7248
7249 /**
7250 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7251 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7252 *
7253 * These can be:
7254 * - Very long-running jobs.
7255 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7256 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7257 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7258 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7259 */
7260 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7261
7262 /**
7263 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7264 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7265 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7266 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7267 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7268 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7269 * @var float[]
7270 */
7271 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7272
7273 /**
7274 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7275 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7276 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7277 *
7278 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7279 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7280 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7281 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7282 *
7283 * @var float|bool
7284 * @since 1.26
7285 */
7286 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7287
7288 /**
7289 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7290 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7291 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7292 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7293 */
7294 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7295 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7296 ];
7297
7298 /**
7299 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7300 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7301 */
7302 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7303 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7304 ];
7305
7306 /**
7307 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7308 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7309 */
7310 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7311 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7312 ];
7313
7314 /**
7315 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7316 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7317 * or:
7318 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7319 * Hooks should return strings or false
7320 */
7321 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7322
7323 /**
7324 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7325 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7326 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7327 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7328 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7329 */
7330 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7331 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7332 ];
7333
7334 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7335
7336 /*************************************************************************//**
7337 * @name Categories
7338 * @{
7339 */
7340
7341 /**
7342 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7343 */
7344 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7345
7346 /**
7347 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7348 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7349 */
7350 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7351
7352 /**
7353 * Paging limit for categories
7354 */
7355 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7356
7357 /**
7358 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7359 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7360 *
7361 * Available values are:
7362 *
7363 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7364 *
7365 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7366 *
7367 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7368 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7369 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7370 *
7371 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7372 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7373 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7374 * server.
7375 *
7376 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7377 * the sort keys in the database.
7378 *
7379 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7380 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7381 */
7382 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7383
7384 /** @} */ # End categories }
7385
7386 /*************************************************************************//**
7387 * @name Logging
7388 * @{
7389 */
7390
7391 /**
7392 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7393 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7394 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7395 * log type.
7396 */
7397 $wgLogTypes = [
7398 '',
7399 'block',
7400 'protect',
7401 'rights',
7402 'delete',
7403 'upload',
7404 'move',
7405 'import',
7406 'patrol',
7407 'merge',
7408 'suppress',
7409 'tag',
7410 'managetags',
7411 'contentmodel',
7412 ];
7413
7414 /**
7415 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7416 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7417 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7418 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7419 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7420 */
7421 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7422 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7423 ];
7424
7425 /**
7426 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7427 *
7428 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7429 *
7430 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7431 *
7432 * @par Example:
7433 * @code
7434 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7435 * @endcode
7436 *
7437 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7438 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7439 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7440 *
7441 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7442 * for the link text.
7443 */
7444 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7445 'patrol' => true,
7446 'tag' => true,
7447 ];
7448
7449 /**
7450 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7451 * will be listed in the user interface.
7452 *
7453 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7454 *
7455 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7456 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7457 */
7458 $wgLogNames = [
7459 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7460 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7461 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7462 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7463 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7464 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7465 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7466 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7467 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7468 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7469 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7470 ];
7471
7472 /**
7473 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7474 * top of each log type.
7475 *
7476 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7477 *
7478 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7479 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7480 */
7481 $wgLogHeaders = [
7482 '' => 'alllogstext',
7483 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7484 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7485 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7486 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7487 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7488 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7489 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7490 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7491 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7492 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7493 ];
7494
7495 /**
7496 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7497 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7498 *
7499 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7500 */
7501 $wgLogActions = [];
7502
7503 /**
7504 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7505 * not messages.
7506 * @see LogPage::actionText
7507 * @see LogFormatter
7508 */
7509 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7510 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7511 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7512 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7513 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7514 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7515 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7516 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7517 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7518 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7519 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7520 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7521 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7522 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7523 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7524 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7525 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7526 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7527 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7528 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7529 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7530 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7531 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7532 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7533 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7534 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7535 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7536 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7537 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7538 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7539 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7540 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7541 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7542 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7543 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7544 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7545 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7546 ];
7547
7548 /**
7549 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7550 *
7551 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7552 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7553 * Extensions may append to this array
7554 * @since 1.27
7555 */
7556 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7557 'block' => [
7558 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7559 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7560 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7561 ],
7562 'contentmodel' => [
7563 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7564 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7565 ],
7566 'delete' => [
7567 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7568 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7569 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7570 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7571 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7572 ],
7573 'import' => [
7574 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7575 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7576 ],
7577 'managetags' => [
7578 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7579 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7580 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7581 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7582 ],
7583 'move' => [
7584 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7585 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7586 ],
7587 'newusers' => [
7588 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7589 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7590 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7591 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7592 ],
7593 'patrol' => [
7594 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7595 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7596 ],
7597 'protect' => [
7598 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7599 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7600 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7601 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7602 ],
7603 'rights' => [
7604 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7605 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7606 ],
7607 'suppress' => [
7608 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7609 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7610 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7611 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7612 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7613 ],
7614 'upload' => [
7615 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7616 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7617 ],
7618 ];
7619
7620 /**
7621 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7622 */
7623 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7624
7625 /** @} */ # end logging }
7626
7627 /*************************************************************************//**
7628 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7629 * @{
7630 */
7631
7632 /**
7633 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7634 */
7635 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7636
7637 /**
7638 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7639 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7640 */
7641 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7642
7643 /**
7644 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7645 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7646 */
7647 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7648
7649 /**
7650 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7651 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7652 */
7653 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7654
7655 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7656
7657 /*************************************************************************//**
7658 * @name Actions
7659 * @{
7660 */
7661
7662 /**
7663 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7664 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7665 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7666 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7667 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7668 * instead of the default class.
7669 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7670 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7671 */
7672 $wgActions = [
7673 'credits' => true,
7674 'delete' => true,
7675 'edit' => true,
7676 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7677 'history' => true,
7678 'info' => true,
7679 'markpatrolled' => true,
7680 'protect' => true,
7681 'purge' => true,
7682 'raw' => true,
7683 'render' => true,
7684 'revert' => true,
7685 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7686 'rollback' => true,
7687 'submit' => true,
7688 'unprotect' => true,
7689 'unwatch' => true,
7690 'view' => true,
7691 'watch' => true,
7692 ];
7693
7694 /** @} */ # end actions }
7695
7696 /*************************************************************************//**
7697 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7698 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7699 * @{
7700 */
7701
7702 /**
7703 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7704 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7705 * basis.
7706 */
7707 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7708
7709 /**
7710 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7711 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7712 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7713 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7714 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7715 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7716 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7717 *
7718 * @par Example:
7719 * @code
7720 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7721 * @endcode
7722 */
7723 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7724
7725 /**
7726 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7727 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7728 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7729 *
7730 * @par Example:
7731 * @code
7732 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7733 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7734 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7735 * ];
7736 * @endcode
7737 *
7738 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7739 * forms:
7740 * @code
7741 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7742 * # Underscore, not space!
7743 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7744 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7745 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7746 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7747 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7748 * ];
7749 * @endcode
7750 */
7751 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7752
7753 /**
7754 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7755 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7756 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7757 *
7758 * @par Example:
7759 * @code
7760 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7761 * @endcode
7762 */
7763 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7764
7765 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7766
7767 /************************************************************************//**
7768 * @name AJAX and API
7769 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7770 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7771 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7772 * @{
7773 */
7774
7775 /**
7776 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7777 * machine-readable data via api.php
7778 *
7779 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7780 */
7781 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7782
7783 /**
7784 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7785 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7786 * accesses it
7787 */
7788 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7789
7790 /**
7791 *
7792 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7793 *
7794 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7795 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7796 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7797 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7798 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7799 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7800 * requiring POST.
7801 *
7802 * @since 1.21
7803 */
7804 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7805
7806 /**
7807 * API module extensions.
7808 *
7809 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7810 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7811 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7812 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7813 *
7814 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7815 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7816 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7817 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7818 * field.
7819 *
7820 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7821 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7822 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7823 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7824 *
7825 * Examples for registering API modules:
7826 *
7827 * @code
7828 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7829 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7830 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7831 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7832 * ];
7833 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7834 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7835 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7836 * ];
7837 * @endcode
7838 *
7839 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7840 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7841 */
7842 $wgAPIModules = [];
7843
7844 /**
7845 * API format module extensions.
7846 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7847 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7848 *
7849 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7850 */
7851 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7852
7853 /**
7854 * API Query meta module extensions.
7855 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7856 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7857 *
7858 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7859 */
7860 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7861
7862 /**
7863 * API Query prop module extensions.
7864 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7865 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7866 *
7867 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7868 */
7869 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7870
7871 /**
7872 * API Query list module extensions.
7873 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7874 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7875 *
7876 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7877 */
7878 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7879
7880 /**
7881 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7882 * The default value is generally fine
7883 */
7884 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7885
7886 /**
7887 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7888 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7889 */
7890 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7891
7892 /**
7893 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7894 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7895 */
7896 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7897
7898 /**
7899 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
7900 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7901 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7902 */
7903 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7904
7905 /**
7906 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7907 * API request logging
7908 */
7909 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7910
7911 /**
7912 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7913 */
7914 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7915
7916 /**
7917 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7918 * API queries.
7919 */
7920 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7921 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7922 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7923 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7924 ];
7925
7926 /**
7927 * Enable AJAX framework
7928 */
7929 $wgUseAjax = true;
7930
7931 /**
7932 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7933 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7934 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7935 */
7936 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7937
7938 /**
7939 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7940 */
7941 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7942
7943 /**
7944 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7945 */
7946 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7947
7948 /**
7949 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7950 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7951 */
7952 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7953
7954 /**
7955 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7956 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7957 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7958 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7959 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7960 *
7961 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7962 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7963 *
7964 * @par Example:
7965 * @code
7966 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7967 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7968 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7969 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7970 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7971 * ];
7972 * @endcode
7973 */
7974 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7975
7976 /**
7977 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7978 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7979 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7980 */
7981 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7982
7983 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7984
7985 /************************************************************************//**
7986 * @name Shell and process control
7987 * @{
7988 */
7989
7990 /**
7991 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7992 */
7993 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7994
7995 /**
7996 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7997 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7998 */
7999 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8000
8001 /**
8002 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8003 */
8004 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8005
8006 /**
8007 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8008 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8009 */
8010 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8011
8012 /**
8013 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8014 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8015 *
8016 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8017 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8018 * them segfault or deadlock.
8019 *
8020 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8021 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8022 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8023 *
8024 * @par Example:
8025 * @code
8026 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8027 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8028 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8029 * @endcode
8030 *
8031 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8032 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8033 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8034 */
8035 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8036
8037 /**
8038 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8039 */
8040 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8041
8042 /**
8043 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8044 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
8045 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
8046 */
8047 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8048
8049 /** @} */ # End shell }
8050
8051 /************************************************************************//**
8052 * @name HTTP client
8053 * @{
8054 */
8055
8056 /**
8057 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8058 */
8059 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8060
8061 /**
8062 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8063 * @since 1.29
8064 */
8065 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8066
8067 /**
8068 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8069 */
8070 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8071
8072 /**
8073 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8074 */
8075 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8076
8077 /**
8078 * Local virtual hosts.
8079 *
8080 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8081 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8082 * then no proxy will be used.
8083 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8084 * proxy if it is configured.
8085 * @since 1.25
8086 */
8087 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8088
8089 /**
8090 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8091 * Only works for curl
8092 */
8093 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8094
8095 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8096
8097 /************************************************************************//**
8098 * @name Job queue
8099 * @{
8100 */
8101
8102 /**
8103 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8104 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8105 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8106 * be run periodically.
8107 */
8108 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8109
8110 /**
8111 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8112 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8113 * execution finishes.
8114 *
8115 * @since 1.23
8116 */
8117 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8118
8119 /**
8120 * Number of rows to update per job
8121 */
8122 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8123
8124 /**
8125 * Number of rows to update per query
8126 */
8127 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8128
8129 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8130
8131 /************************************************************************//**
8132 * @name Miscellaneous
8133 * @{
8134 */
8135
8136 /**
8137 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8138 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8139 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8140 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8141 */
8142 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8143
8144 /**
8145 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8146 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8147 *
8148 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8149 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8150 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8151 */
8152 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8153
8154 /**
8155 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8156 * For debugging
8157 */
8158 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8159
8160 /**
8161 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8162 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8163 */
8164 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8165
8166 /**
8167 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8168 */
8169 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8170
8171 /**
8172 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8173 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8174 */
8175 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8176
8177 /**
8178 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8179 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8180 */
8181 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8182
8183 /**
8184 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8185 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8186 *
8187 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8188 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8189 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8190 * parameters.
8191 *
8192 * @par Example:
8193 * @code
8194 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8195 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8196 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8197 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8198 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8199 * ... any extension-specific options...
8200 * ];
8201 * @endcode
8202 */
8203 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8204
8205 /**
8206 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8207 */
8208 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8209
8210 /**
8211 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8212 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8213 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8214 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8215 *
8216 * @since 1.21
8217 */
8218 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8219
8220 /**
8221 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8222 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8223 *
8224 * * 'ignore': return null
8225 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8226 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8227 *
8228 * @since 1.21
8229 */
8230 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8231
8232 /**
8233 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8234 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8235 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8236 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8237 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8238 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8239 *
8240 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8241 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8242 *
8243 * @since 1.21
8244 */
8245 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8246
8247 /**
8248 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8249 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8250 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8251 *
8252 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8253 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8254 *
8255 * @since 1.21
8256 */
8257 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8258 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8259 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8260 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8261 ];
8262
8263 /**
8264 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8265 *
8266 * @since 1.20
8267 */
8268 $wgSiteTypes = [
8269 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8270 ];
8271
8272 /**
8273 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8274 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8275 * @since 1.23
8276 */
8277 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8278
8279 /**
8280 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8281 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8282 * @see bug 65184
8283 * @since 1.24
8284 */
8285 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8286
8287 /**
8288 * Secret for session storage.
8289 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8290 * be used.
8291 * @since 1.27
8292 */
8293 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8294
8295 /**
8296 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8297 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8298 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8299 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8300 * @since 1.27
8301 */
8302 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8303
8304 /**
8305 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8306 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8307 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8308 * be used.
8309 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8310 * @since 1.24
8311 */
8312 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8313
8314 /**
8315 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8316 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8317 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8318 * @since 1.24
8319 */
8320 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8321
8322 /**
8323 * Enable page language feature
8324 * Allows setting page language in database
8325 * @var bool
8326 * @since 1.24
8327 */
8328 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8329
8330 /**
8331 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8332 *
8333 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8334 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8335 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8336 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8337 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8338 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8339 *
8340 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8341 *
8342 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8343 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8344 * 'options' => [
8345 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8346 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8347 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8348 * ]
8349 * ];
8350 *
8351 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8352 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8353 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8354 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8355 *
8356 * Example config for Parsoid:
8357 *
8358 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8359 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8360 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8361 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8362 * ];
8363 *
8364 * @var array
8365 * @since 1.25
8366 */
8367 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8368 'paths' => [],
8369 'modules' => [],
8370 'global' => [
8371 # Timeout in seconds
8372 'timeout' => 360,
8373 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8374 'forwardCookies' => false,
8375 'HTTPProxy' => null
8376 ]
8377 ];
8378
8379 /**
8380 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8381 * these suggestions.
8382 *
8383 * @var bool
8384 * @since 1.26
8385 */
8386 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8387
8388 /**
8389 * Where popular password file is located.
8390 *
8391 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8392 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8393 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8394 *
8395 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8396 * @since 1.27
8397 * @var string path to file
8398 */
8399 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8400
8401 /*
8402 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8403 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8404 *
8405 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8406 * @since 1.27
8407 */
8408 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8409
8410 /**
8411 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8412 *
8413 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8414 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8415 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8416 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8417 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8418 *
8419 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8420 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8421 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8422 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8423 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8424 *
8425 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8426 *
8427 * @since 1.27
8428 */
8429 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8430 'default' => [
8431 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8432 ]
8433 ];
8434
8435 /**
8436 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8437 *
8438 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8439 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8440 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8441 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8442 *
8443 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8444 *
8445 * @var bool
8446 * @since 1.28
8447 */
8448 $wgPingback = false;
8449
8450 /**
8451 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8452 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8453 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8454 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8455 *
8456 * @since 1.28
8457 */
8458 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8459 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8460 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8461 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8462 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8463 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8464 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8465 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8466 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8467 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8468 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8469 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8470 ];
8471
8472 /**
8473 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8474 *
8475 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8476 *
8477 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8478 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8479 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8480 *
8481 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8482 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8483 */
8484 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8485 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8486 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8487 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8488
8489 /**
8490 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8491 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8492 * @}
8493 */